1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
134 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
149 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
150 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
155 #ifndef XtNinitialState
156 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
160 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
162 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
166 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
171 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
173 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
175 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
178 static int any_help_event_p
;
180 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
181 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
220 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
221 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
225 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
226 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
227 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
233 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
234 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
235 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
236 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
241 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
242 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
243 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
244 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
245 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
246 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
247 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
248 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
251 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
254 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
256 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
258 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
259 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
262 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
263 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
266 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
268 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
269 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
270 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
271 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
272 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
273 it's somewhat accurate. */
275 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
277 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
281 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
283 static int input_signal_count
;
286 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
288 static int x_noop_count
;
290 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
292 extern char **initial_argv
;
293 extern int initial_argc
;
295 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
297 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
299 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
301 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
305 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
307 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
309 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
311 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
312 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
318 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
319 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
321 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
322 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
323 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
324 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
325 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
326 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
328 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
329 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
330 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
331 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
334 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
335 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
336 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
337 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
339 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
340 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
341 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
345 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
346 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
347 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
350 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
351 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
353 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
354 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
355 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
356 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
357 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
358 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
360 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
361 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
362 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
363 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
364 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
365 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
366 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
367 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
368 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
370 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
373 int *, struct input_event
*));
376 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
385 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
386 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
387 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
389 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
390 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
395 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
396 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
397 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
398 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
399 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
402 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
405 /***********************************************************************
407 ***********************************************************************/
411 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
412 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
420 struct record event_record
[100];
422 int event_record_index
;
424 record_event (locus
, type
)
428 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
429 event_record_index
= 0;
431 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
432 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
433 event_record_index
++;
440 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
442 struct x_display_info
*
443 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
446 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
448 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
449 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
457 /***********************************************************************
458 Starting and ending an update
459 ***********************************************************************/
461 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
462 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
463 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
464 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
465 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
475 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
476 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
480 x_update_window_begin (w
)
483 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
484 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
487 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
491 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
493 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
494 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
496 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
498 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
499 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
501 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
502 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
503 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
504 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
505 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
506 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
508 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
509 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
510 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
511 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
512 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
513 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
514 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
518 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
519 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
522 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
523 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
532 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
535 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
539 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
541 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
542 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
545 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
547 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
548 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
550 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
551 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
552 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
554 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
555 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
559 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
561 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
563 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
565 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
570 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
572 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
574 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
575 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
580 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
581 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
582 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
584 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
585 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
589 updated_window
= NULL
;
593 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
600 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
601 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
605 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
611 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
612 complete update has been performed. The global variable
613 updated_window is not available here. */
616 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
621 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
623 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
624 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
628 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
630 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
638 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
639 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
640 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
641 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
642 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
643 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
646 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
647 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
649 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
655 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
656 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
658 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
659 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
660 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
661 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
662 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
663 overhead is very small. */
664 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
665 && desired_row
->full_width_p
666 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
667 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
669 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
672 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
674 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
675 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
676 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
680 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
681 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
682 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
683 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
684 y
, width
, height
, False
);
690 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
692 struct glyph_row
*row
;
693 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
695 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
696 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
697 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
698 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
699 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
702 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
703 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
706 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
709 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
710 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
711 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
712 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
714 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
717 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
719 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
721 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
722 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
723 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
724 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
726 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
728 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
730 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
731 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
734 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
740 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
741 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
745 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
747 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
749 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
751 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
753 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
754 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
756 face
->background
, depth
);
760 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
761 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
764 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
765 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
766 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
767 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
770 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
771 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
772 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
776 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
777 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
778 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
782 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
787 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
788 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
789 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
793 XTset_terminal_modes ()
797 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
798 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
801 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
807 /***********************************************************************
809 ***********************************************************************/
811 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
813 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
816 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
817 is not contained in the font. */
820 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
823 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
825 /* The result metric information. */
826 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
828 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
830 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
832 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
834 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
835 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
836 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
837 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
838 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
839 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
840 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
841 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
842 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
843 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
847 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
848 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
849 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
850 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
852 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
853 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
857 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
859 \ = integer modulus */
860 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
861 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
862 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
863 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
865 pcm
= (font
->per_char
866 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
867 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
868 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
874 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
875 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
876 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
877 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
878 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
879 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
883 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
888 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
889 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
892 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
895 struct font_info
*font_info
;
898 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
899 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
901 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
902 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
904 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
906 /* It's a program. */
907 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
909 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
911 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
912 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
917 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
918 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
919 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
924 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
926 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
927 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
929 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
931 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
933 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
935 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
937 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
938 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
939 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
941 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
942 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
946 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
948 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
953 /***********************************************************************
955 ***********************************************************************/
959 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
963 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
972 unsigned long *, double, int));
973 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
974 double, int, unsigned long));
975 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
978 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
980 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
982 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
983 int, int, int, int, int, int,
985 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
986 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
989 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
993 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
998 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1000 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1001 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1002 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1004 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1007 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1011 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1012 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1014 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1015 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1016 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1017 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1018 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1019 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1020 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1023 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1024 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1026 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1030 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1031 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1032 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1033 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1035 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1036 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1039 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1040 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1042 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1047 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1050 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1051 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1056 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1057 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1058 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1060 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1062 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1063 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1065 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1066 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1067 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1069 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1070 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1071 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1074 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1079 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1080 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1081 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1082 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1083 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1084 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1086 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1087 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1090 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1091 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1093 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1096 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1100 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1101 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1102 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1105 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1106 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1108 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1112 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1113 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1117 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1118 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1120 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1122 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1124 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1125 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1127 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1129 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1134 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1139 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1140 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1143 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1145 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1146 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1154 /* GC must have been set. */
1155 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1159 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1160 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1163 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1164 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1167 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1168 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1173 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1174 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1177 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1178 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1181 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1184 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1185 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1186 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1187 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1188 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1193 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1196 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1197 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1201 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1202 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1203 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1204 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1208 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1209 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1210 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1211 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1212 contains the first component of a composition. */
1215 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1216 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1219 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1220 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1221 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1223 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1227 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1228 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1229 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1230 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1231 s
->background_width
,
1232 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1234 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1236 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1237 || s
->font_not_found_p
1238 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1241 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1242 s
->background_width
,
1243 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1244 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1250 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1253 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1254 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1258 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1259 of S to the right of that box line. */
1260 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1261 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1262 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1266 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1268 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1270 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1272 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1273 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1274 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1276 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1281 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1282 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1284 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1285 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1287 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1289 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1290 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1292 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1293 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1294 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1295 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1296 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1297 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1298 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1300 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1302 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1303 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1305 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1306 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1311 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1312 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1314 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1315 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1318 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1320 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1321 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1323 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1324 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1326 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1327 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1332 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1335 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1336 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1340 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1341 of S to the right of that box line. */
1342 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1343 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1344 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1348 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1349 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1350 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1351 this composition. */
1353 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1354 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1355 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1358 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1359 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1363 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1365 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1366 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1367 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1369 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1379 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1381 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1382 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1383 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1384 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1385 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1388 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1389 cannot be determined. */
1391 static struct frame
*
1392 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1399 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1401 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1402 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1403 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1404 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1405 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1406 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1408 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1409 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1410 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1411 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1412 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1413 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1414 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1415 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1422 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1423 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1424 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1425 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1428 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1433 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1434 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1438 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1439 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1440 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1441 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1442 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1443 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1446 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1450 unsigned long *pixel
;
1454 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1455 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1459 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1460 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1462 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1464 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1466 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1471 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1472 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1474 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1477 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1479 DPY is the display we are working on.
1481 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1482 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1483 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1484 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1486 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1487 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1489 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1490 we allocated the color or not.
1492 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1495 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1499 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1500 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1510 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1511 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1513 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1517 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1518 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1519 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1521 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1523 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1524 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1526 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1532 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1534 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1535 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1540 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1542 params
[0] = color_name
;
1543 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1544 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1545 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1550 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1552 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1554 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1558 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1562 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1563 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1566 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1571 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1572 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1573 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1575 APP is the application context in which we work.
1577 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1578 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1579 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1581 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1584 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1593 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1595 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1598 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1600 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1601 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1602 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1603 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1604 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1609 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1612 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1613 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1614 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1615 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1617 static const XColor
*
1618 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1624 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1626 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1629 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1630 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1631 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1632 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1633 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1635 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1638 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1639 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1642 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1643 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1647 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1648 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1651 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1656 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1658 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1661 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1663 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1664 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1665 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1666 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1670 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1674 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1675 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1678 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1682 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1686 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1687 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1688 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1692 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1699 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1702 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1703 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1704 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1705 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1707 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1709 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1711 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1713 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1714 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1715 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1716 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1718 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1721 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1725 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1726 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1727 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1728 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1732 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1733 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1734 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1735 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1736 XColor
*cached_color
;
1738 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1739 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1740 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1741 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1742 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1744 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1745 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1746 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1750 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1752 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1753 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1759 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1760 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1761 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1765 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1770 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1771 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1775 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1776 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1777 get color reference counts right. */
1780 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1782 unsigned long pixel
;
1786 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1788 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1789 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1791 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1792 register_color (pixel
);
1798 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1799 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1800 get color reference counts right. */
1803 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1806 unsigned long pixel
;
1810 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1812 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1813 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1815 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1816 register_color (pixel
);
1822 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1825 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1826 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1827 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1828 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1829 use an additional additive factor.
1831 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1832 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1833 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1836 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1837 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1838 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1839 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1840 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1841 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1844 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1848 unsigned long *pixel
;
1856 /* Get RGB color values. */
1857 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1858 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1860 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1861 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1862 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1863 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1864 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1866 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1867 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1869 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1870 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1871 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1872 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1873 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1875 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1876 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1877 /* The additive adjustment. */
1878 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1882 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1883 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1884 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1888 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1889 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1890 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1894 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1895 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1898 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1900 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1901 delta to the RGB values. */
1902 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1904 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1905 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1906 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1907 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1918 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1919 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1920 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1921 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1922 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1923 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1926 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1928 struct relief
*relief
;
1931 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1934 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1935 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1936 unsigned long pixel
;
1937 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1938 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1940 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1942 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1943 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1945 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1946 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1947 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1949 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1951 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1952 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1955 /* Allocate new color. */
1956 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1958 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1959 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1961 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1962 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1965 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1967 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1969 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1972 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1976 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1979 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1980 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1982 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1983 unsigned long color
;
1985 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1986 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1987 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1989 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1990 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1995 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1996 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1997 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2000 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2001 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2003 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2004 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2005 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2006 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2007 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2012 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2013 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2014 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2015 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2016 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2017 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2021 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2022 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2024 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2025 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2026 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2028 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2029 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2034 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2036 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2037 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2041 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2042 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2043 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2044 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2048 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2052 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2054 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2056 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2057 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2061 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2062 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2063 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2064 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2068 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2069 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2070 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2072 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2076 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2077 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2078 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2079 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2080 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2081 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2084 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2085 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2086 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2087 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2088 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2092 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2093 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2094 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2097 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2098 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2106 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2107 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2114 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2115 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2119 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2122 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2125 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2126 int left_p
, right_p
;
2127 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2128 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2130 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2131 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2132 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2134 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2135 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2137 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2139 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2140 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2142 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2144 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2146 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2148 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2149 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2151 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2152 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2153 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2155 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2159 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2160 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2161 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2164 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2165 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2166 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2171 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2174 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2175 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2178 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2180 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2181 right of that line. */
2182 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2183 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2185 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2187 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2189 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2190 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2191 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2192 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2198 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2199 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2200 trust on the shape extension to be available
2201 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2203 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2206 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2208 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2209 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2210 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2211 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2212 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2214 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2217 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2218 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2219 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2220 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2221 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2222 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2226 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2228 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2231 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2232 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2233 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2234 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2235 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2236 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2238 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2239 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2240 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2241 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2242 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2243 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2244 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2246 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2248 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2250 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2251 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2256 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2257 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2258 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2262 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2265 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2266 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2268 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2271 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2273 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2274 right of that line. */
2275 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2276 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2278 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2280 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2282 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2283 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2284 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2285 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2287 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2288 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2290 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2291 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2295 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2296 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2301 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2302 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2304 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2305 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2306 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2308 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2310 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2315 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2318 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2319 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2323 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2325 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2326 right of that line. */
2327 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2328 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2330 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2332 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2334 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2335 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2336 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2337 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2343 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2344 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2345 trust on the shape extension to be available
2346 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2348 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2352 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2353 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2354 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2355 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2356 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2358 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2359 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2360 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2361 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2365 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2366 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2367 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2369 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2370 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2371 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2372 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2373 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2374 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2375 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2377 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2379 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2381 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2386 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2387 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2392 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2393 give the rectangle to draw. */
2396 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2397 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2402 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2403 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2404 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2405 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2408 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2412 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2415 s->x +-------------------------
2418 | +-------------------------
2421 | | +-------------------
2427 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2428 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2430 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2431 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2433 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2436 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2437 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2438 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2439 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2441 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2442 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2444 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2445 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2449 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2450 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2454 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2455 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2456 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2457 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2458 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2460 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2461 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2462 s
->background_width
,
2465 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2467 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2469 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2472 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2473 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2474 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2475 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2476 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2481 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2483 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2484 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2485 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2486 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2494 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2496 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2498 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2499 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2501 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2504 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2507 /* Draw the foreground. */
2510 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2511 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2512 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2513 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2514 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2517 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2519 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2521 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2522 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2523 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2527 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2530 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2531 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2533 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2534 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2536 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2537 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2539 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2540 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2541 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2544 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2546 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2547 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2549 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2550 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2554 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2555 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2557 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2563 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2564 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2566 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2568 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2569 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2570 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2571 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2576 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2577 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2578 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2579 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2583 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2584 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2587 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2591 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2594 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2595 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2597 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2599 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2600 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2601 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2602 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2604 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2605 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2606 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2607 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2610 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2611 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2613 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2614 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2615 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2616 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2617 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2618 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2621 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2622 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2623 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2624 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2628 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2630 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2633 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2637 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2641 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2642 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2644 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2645 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2648 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2649 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2650 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2653 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2660 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2662 /* Draw underline. */
2663 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2665 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2668 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2669 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2672 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2673 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2674 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2675 specs, and its default is
2677 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2678 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2680 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2681 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2682 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2683 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2684 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2686 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2688 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2689 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2690 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2694 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2695 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2696 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2697 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2698 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2702 /* Draw overline. */
2703 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2705 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2707 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2708 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2713 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2714 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2715 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2717 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2721 /* Draw strike-through. */
2722 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2724 unsigned long h
= 1;
2725 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2728 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2733 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2734 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2735 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2737 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2741 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2742 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2743 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2746 /* Reset clipping. */
2747 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2750 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2753 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2755 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2757 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2758 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2759 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2763 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2774 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2775 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2778 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2785 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2786 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2790 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2791 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2801 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2803 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2805 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2806 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2807 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2809 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2810 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2812 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2814 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2815 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2816 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2818 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2825 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2827 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2828 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2830 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2833 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2834 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2837 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2838 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2840 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2841 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2842 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2844 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2845 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2849 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2851 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2852 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2856 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2858 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2859 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2861 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2863 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2875 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2876 pixels into background pixels. */
2880 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2881 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2882 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2884 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2885 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2889 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2890 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2891 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2892 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2893 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2894 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2895 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2899 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2900 edge it is next to. */
2901 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2903 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2904 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2907 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2908 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2915 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2917 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2918 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2920 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2922 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2923 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2924 width
, flash_height
);
2925 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 (height
- flash_height
2928 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2929 width
, flash_height
);
2932 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2933 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2934 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2935 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2940 struct timeval wakeup
;
2942 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2944 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2945 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2946 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2947 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2949 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2951 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2953 struct timeval current
;
2954 struct timeval timeout
;
2956 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2958 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2959 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2962 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2964 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2966 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2967 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2971 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2972 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2974 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2976 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2977 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2978 width
, flash_height
);
2979 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2981 (height
- flash_height
2982 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2983 width
, flash_height
);
2986 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2987 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2988 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2989 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2991 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2999 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3002 /* Make audible bell. */
3007 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3009 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3011 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3018 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3019 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3026 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3027 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3028 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3029 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3032 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3035 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3040 /***********************************************************************
3042 ***********************************************************************/
3044 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3045 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3048 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3055 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3058 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3062 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3063 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3065 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3066 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3068 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3070 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3071 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3072 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3076 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3077 line at the bottom. */
3078 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3079 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3081 height
= run
->height
;
3085 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3087 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3088 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3090 height
= run
->height
;
3095 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3099 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3100 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3101 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3111 /***********************************************************************
3113 ***********************************************************************/
3120 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3121 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3122 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3123 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3125 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3126 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3128 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3132 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3135 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3136 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3137 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3138 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3140 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3141 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3143 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3146 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3147 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3148 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3149 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3150 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3153 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3154 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3155 struct frame
*frame
;
3157 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3159 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3161 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3162 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3163 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3165 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3166 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3169 selected_frame
= frame
;
3170 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3172 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3173 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3176 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3177 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3179 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3182 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3185 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3186 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3187 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3190 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3193 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3194 struct frame
*frame
;
3195 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3197 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3199 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3201 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3202 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3204 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3205 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3206 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3207 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3208 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3210 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3211 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3215 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3218 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3219 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3222 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3224 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3226 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3228 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3229 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3233 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3234 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3239 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3240 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3242 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3245 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3246 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3248 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3250 struct frame
*frame
;
3252 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3256 switch (event
->type
)
3261 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3263 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3265 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3266 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3267 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3268 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3270 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3276 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3277 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3278 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3279 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3285 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3288 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3289 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3291 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3294 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3295 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3296 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3298 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3299 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3300 the appropriate X display info. */
3303 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3304 struct frame
*frame
;
3306 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3310 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3311 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3313 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3315 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3317 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3318 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3319 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3320 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3321 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3323 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3324 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3328 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3330 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3333 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3334 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3335 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3341 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3343 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3345 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3346 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3348 int min_code
, max_code
;
3351 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3353 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3354 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3355 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3356 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3357 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3360 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3362 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3363 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3366 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3367 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3369 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3371 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3372 Alt keysyms are on. */
3374 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3375 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3377 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3379 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3380 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3382 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3384 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3388 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3392 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3394 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3400 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3401 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3406 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3407 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3412 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3413 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3414 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3415 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3420 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3421 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3422 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3423 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3427 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3428 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3429 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3430 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3431 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3440 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3441 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3443 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3444 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3447 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3448 make them just meta, not alt. */
3449 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3451 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3454 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3455 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3458 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3462 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3463 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3466 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3467 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3468 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3469 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3472 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3473 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3474 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3475 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3476 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3477 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3478 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3479 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3482 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3483 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3484 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3485 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3486 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3487 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3491 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3492 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3495 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3496 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3497 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3498 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3502 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3503 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3504 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3505 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3506 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3507 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3508 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3509 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3512 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3513 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3514 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3515 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3516 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3517 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3520 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3523 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3529 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3537 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3539 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3541 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3545 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3546 struct input_event
*result
;
3547 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3550 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3552 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3553 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3554 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3555 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3557 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3561 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3562 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3563 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3569 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3570 The input handler calls this.
3572 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3573 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3574 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3575 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3577 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3578 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3581 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3583 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3585 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3586 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3587 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3589 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3591 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3592 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3593 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3596 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3597 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3598 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3599 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3600 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3602 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3603 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3604 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3609 /************************************************************************
3611 ************************************************************************/
3614 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3616 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3617 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3618 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3619 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3620 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3624 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3627 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3628 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3629 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3633 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3640 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3642 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3646 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3647 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3648 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3650 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3654 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3655 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3657 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3658 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3661 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3662 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3663 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3664 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3675 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3676 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3678 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3679 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3680 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3681 position on the scroll bar.
3683 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3684 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3687 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3688 was at this position.
3690 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3692 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3696 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3699 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3700 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3702 unsigned long *time
;
3708 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3709 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3715 Window dummy_window
;
3718 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3720 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3721 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3722 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3723 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3725 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3727 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3728 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3729 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3731 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3734 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3735 a different screen. */
3738 /* The position on that root window. */
3741 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3744 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3746 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3748 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3749 containing the pointer. */
3753 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3758 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3759 structure is changing at the same time this function
3760 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3762 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3764 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3765 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3767 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3768 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3769 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3771 /* From-window, to-window. */
3772 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3774 /* From-position, to-position. */
3775 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3779 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3785 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3787 /* From-window, to-window. */
3790 /* From-position, to-position. */
3791 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3796 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3804 /* Now we know that:
3805 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3806 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3807 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3808 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3809 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3810 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3811 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3812 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3813 never use them in that case.) */
3815 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3816 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3819 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3822 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3823 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3825 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3828 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3831 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3833 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3836 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3838 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3842 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3848 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3849 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3853 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3854 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3855 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3856 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3857 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3858 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3859 the frame are divided into. */
3861 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3864 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3865 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3868 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3869 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3873 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3874 round down even for negative values. */
3879 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3880 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3882 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3883 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3884 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3885 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3891 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3892 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3893 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3903 /***********************************************************************
3905 ***********************************************************************/
3907 /* Scroll bar support. */
3909 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3911 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3914 static struct scroll_bar
*
3915 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3921 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3922 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3923 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3925 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3926 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3929 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3931 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3932 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3933 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3936 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3938 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3939 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3940 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3941 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3942 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3945 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3946 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3947 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3948 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3955 #if defined USE_LUCID
3957 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3958 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3961 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3966 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3967 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3970 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3971 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3973 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3980 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3983 /************************************************************************
3985 ************************************************************************/
3987 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3989 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3990 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3991 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3992 struct scroll_bar
*));
3993 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3997 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3998 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4000 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4002 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4004 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4006 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4007 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4010 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4012 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4014 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4016 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4017 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4018 to avoid jerkyness. */
4020 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4022 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4024 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4025 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4026 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4027 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4030 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4033 XtPointer client_data
;
4037 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4043 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4044 end_action
= "Release";
4045 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4046 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4047 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4048 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4051 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4052 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4056 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4057 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4058 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4060 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4062 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4063 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4064 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4066 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4067 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4069 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4070 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4073 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4075 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4076 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4078 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4079 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4082 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4083 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4084 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4085 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4088 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4090 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4093 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4094 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4095 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4100 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4101 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4102 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4103 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4104 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4107 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4108 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4109 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4110 into that array in the event. */
4111 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4112 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4115 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4117 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4118 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4119 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4121 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4123 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4124 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4127 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4128 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4129 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4130 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4131 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4132 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4134 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4135 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4137 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4138 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4139 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4140 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4145 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4149 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4151 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4153 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4158 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4159 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4161 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4162 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4164 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4165 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4168 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4170 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4172 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4173 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4174 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4175 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4176 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4182 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4184 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4187 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4188 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4189 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4192 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4194 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4196 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4197 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4198 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4202 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4203 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4204 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4207 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4208 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4209 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4212 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4213 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4214 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4217 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4218 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4219 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4223 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4224 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4227 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4228 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4229 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4236 /* Get the slider size. */
4238 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4241 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4242 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4243 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4244 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4248 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4254 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4255 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4256 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4261 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4263 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4264 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4267 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4271 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4277 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4278 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4280 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4282 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4285 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4287 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4293 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4295 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4297 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4299 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4300 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4302 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4304 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4305 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4307 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4309 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4310 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4312 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4314 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4319 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4320 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4321 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4322 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4327 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4328 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4329 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4333 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4335 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4336 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4337 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4341 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4343 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4345 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4346 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4348 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4351 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4353 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4357 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4359 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4360 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4361 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4362 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4363 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4365 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4367 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4369 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4370 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4371 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4372 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4376 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4377 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4378 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4379 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4380 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4381 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4382 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4385 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4387 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4389 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4390 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4391 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4395 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4397 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4400 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4401 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4403 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4404 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4405 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4406 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4408 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4410 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4411 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4412 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4413 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4416 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4417 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4419 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4421 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4422 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4426 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4428 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4430 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4433 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4438 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4441 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4443 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4449 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4450 unsigned long pixel
;
4455 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4456 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4457 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4458 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4459 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4460 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4461 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4462 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4464 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4467 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4471 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4474 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4478 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4479 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4481 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4482 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4484 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4486 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4488 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4490 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4492 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4494 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4497 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4498 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4500 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4501 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4502 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4503 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4505 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4507 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4508 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4509 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4510 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4511 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4512 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4513 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4514 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4516 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4519 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4523 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4526 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4530 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4532 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4533 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4535 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4536 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4537 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4539 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4541 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4543 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4544 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4545 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4547 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4550 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4551 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4552 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4553 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4554 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4556 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4560 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4561 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4562 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4564 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4566 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4569 /* Specify the colors. */
4570 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4573 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4576 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4579 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4584 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4585 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4589 char *val
= initial
;
4590 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4591 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4593 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4594 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4595 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4596 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4600 /* Define callbacks. */
4601 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4602 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4605 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4606 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4608 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4610 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4611 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4612 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4613 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4615 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4616 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4617 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4618 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4622 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4625 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4626 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4630 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4631 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4632 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4634 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4637 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4639 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4640 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4641 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4643 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4644 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4651 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4652 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4653 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4654 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4655 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4656 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4657 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4658 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4659 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4660 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4661 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4662 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4663 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4664 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4671 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4672 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4675 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4679 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4680 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4682 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4683 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4684 size
= max (size
, 1);
4686 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4687 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4688 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4690 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4692 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4698 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4699 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4703 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4705 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4706 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4707 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4711 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4712 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4713 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4716 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4717 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4719 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4720 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4721 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4722 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4724 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4725 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4729 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4730 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4732 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4733 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4735 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4736 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4737 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4738 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4739 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4742 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4743 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4744 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4746 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4749 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4750 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4755 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4759 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4761 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4765 /************************************************************************
4766 Scroll bars, general
4767 ************************************************************************/
4769 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4770 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4771 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4774 static struct scroll_bar
*
4775 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4777 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4779 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4780 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4781 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4785 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4786 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4787 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4789 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4793 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4794 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4795 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4797 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4798 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4800 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4802 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4804 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4805 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4806 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4807 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4808 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4810 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4812 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4813 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4814 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4816 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4818 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4825 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4827 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4829 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4830 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4831 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4832 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4833 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4834 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4835 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4836 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4838 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4839 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4841 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4842 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4843 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4845 /* Map the window/widget. */
4846 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4849 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4850 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4852 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4853 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4855 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4856 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4857 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4858 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4859 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4861 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4862 max (height
, 1), 0);
4863 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4864 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4866 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4867 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4868 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4875 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4877 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4878 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4879 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4882 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4883 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4884 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4885 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4886 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4888 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4891 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4892 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4896 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4897 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4898 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4899 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4901 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4903 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4904 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4910 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4911 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4912 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4914 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4915 the distance between start and end. */
4917 int length
= end
- start
;
4921 else if (start
> top_range
)
4923 end
= start
+ length
;
4927 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4931 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4932 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4933 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4935 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4936 if (end
> top_range
)
4939 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4940 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4941 that many pixels tall. */
4942 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4944 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4945 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4947 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4948 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4949 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4950 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4951 inside_width
, start
,
4954 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4955 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4956 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4957 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4959 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4960 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4961 /* x, y, width, height */
4962 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4963 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4964 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4966 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4967 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4968 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4969 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4971 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4972 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4973 if (end
< inside_height
)
4974 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4975 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4976 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4977 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4978 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4986 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4988 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4992 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4993 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4995 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4998 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5000 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5001 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5002 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5003 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5005 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5008 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5009 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5015 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5016 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5017 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5021 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5023 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5025 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5026 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5027 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5028 int window_y
, window_height
;
5030 /* Get window dimensions. */
5031 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5033 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5034 height
= window_height
;
5036 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5037 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5039 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5040 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5041 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5042 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5046 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5047 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5048 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5050 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5051 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5055 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5056 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5057 : width
- sb_width
));
5059 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5060 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5065 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5066 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5068 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5071 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5072 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5076 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5080 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5081 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5083 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5087 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5089 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5091 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5093 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5096 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5098 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5101 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5102 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5103 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5104 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5105 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5107 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5108 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5110 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5111 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5113 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5114 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5115 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5117 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5118 max (height
, 1), 0);
5119 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5121 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5123 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5124 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5125 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5127 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5128 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5130 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5131 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5132 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5136 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5137 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5138 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5141 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5142 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5143 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5145 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5146 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5147 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5148 rest
, height
, False
);
5150 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5151 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5155 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5160 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5162 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5164 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5168 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5170 /* Remember new settings. */
5171 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5172 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5173 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5174 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5179 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5180 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5181 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5182 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5184 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5186 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5189 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5192 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5193 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5194 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5197 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5199 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5203 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5204 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5205 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5206 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5207 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5208 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5209 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5211 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5212 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5213 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5216 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5219 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5220 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5223 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5224 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5225 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5226 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5227 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5228 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5229 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5234 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5235 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5238 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5239 struct window
*window
;
5241 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5244 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5245 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5248 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5250 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5251 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5252 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5254 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5256 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5257 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5259 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5260 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5261 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5263 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5264 one or the other! */
5268 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5270 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5271 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5273 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5275 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5276 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5277 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5280 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5281 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5284 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5287 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5289 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5291 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5292 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5293 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5295 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5297 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5299 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5302 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5305 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5306 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5310 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5311 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5312 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5314 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5318 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5319 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5322 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5323 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5324 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5325 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5329 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5331 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5332 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5334 /* x, y, width, height */
5336 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5337 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5342 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5344 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5345 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5347 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5352 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5353 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5355 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5357 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5360 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5361 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5362 emacs_event
->modifiers
5363 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5364 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5365 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5366 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5369 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5370 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5371 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5374 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5376 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5379 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5380 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5383 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5385 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5386 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5387 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5388 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5390 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5392 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5393 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5394 whether or not we're dragging. */
5396 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5398 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5399 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5400 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5403 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5404 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5405 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5406 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5408 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5409 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5411 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5412 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5416 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5418 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5420 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5421 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5423 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5425 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5428 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5432 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5434 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5436 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5440 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5441 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5444 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5446 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5449 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5451 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5452 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5454 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5455 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5457 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5459 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5461 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5466 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5468 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5469 on the scroll bar. */
5472 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5474 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5475 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5477 unsigned long *time
;
5479 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5480 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5481 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5483 Window dummy_window
;
5485 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5489 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5491 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5493 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5494 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5495 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5497 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5500 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5507 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5510 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5512 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5514 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5515 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5519 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5523 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5525 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5526 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5527 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5528 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5529 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5530 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5532 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5534 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5535 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5538 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5541 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5547 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5548 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5549 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5553 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5556 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5559 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5560 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5561 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5562 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5563 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5564 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5565 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5566 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5568 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5572 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5575 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5576 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5577 sometimes don't work. */
5579 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5582 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5583 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5584 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5585 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5587 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5588 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5590 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5592 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5593 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5595 static int temp_index
;
5596 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5598 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5599 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5601 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5603 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5604 on a particular display. */
5606 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5608 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5609 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5610 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5611 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5613 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5615 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5618 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5619 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5620 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5621 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5622 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5623 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5627 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5628 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5638 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5639 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5640 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5642 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5644 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5648 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5652 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5653 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5654 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5657 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5658 event
->xclient
.window
);
5660 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5665 static int current_count
;
5666 static int current_finish
;
5667 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5669 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5670 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5671 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5672 static GdkFilterReturn
5673 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5678 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5680 if (current_count
>= 0)
5682 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5684 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5687 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5688 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5689 so we do it here. */
5690 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5691 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5692 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5696 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5700 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5705 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5707 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5708 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5710 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5712 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5715 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5717 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5718 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5719 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5721 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5724 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5725 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5728 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5730 struct input_event inev
;
5735 struct coding_system coding
;
5736 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5738 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5741 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5748 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5749 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5750 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5752 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5753 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5755 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5756 could be the shell widget window
5757 if the frame has no title bar. */
5758 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5760 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5761 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5762 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5764 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5765 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5766 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5767 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5768 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5771 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5772 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5773 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5774 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5777 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5778 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5779 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5782 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5783 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5784 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5785 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5786 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5787 /* The ICCCM says this is
5788 the only valid choice. */
5790 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5791 /* This is needed to detect the error
5792 if there is an error. */
5794 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5796 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5801 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5802 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5804 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5805 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5806 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5807 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5808 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5809 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5810 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5811 session manager and one for this. */
5813 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5816 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5817 event
.xclient
.window
);
5818 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5819 for a single Emacs process. */
5820 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5821 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5822 event
.xclient
.window
,
5823 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5825 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5826 event
.xclient
.window
,
5832 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5833 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5835 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5836 event
.xclient
.window
);
5838 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5840 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5841 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5848 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5849 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5854 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5855 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5858 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5860 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5861 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5865 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5872 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5873 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5875 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5876 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5880 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5882 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5883 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5884 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5885 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5887 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5888 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5889 currently never do because we are interested in
5890 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5891 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5892 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5893 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5894 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5898 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5899 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5900 we construct an input_event. */
5901 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5902 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5904 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5905 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5908 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5910 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5915 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
5916 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5920 case SelectionNotify
:
5921 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5922 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5924 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5925 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5928 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5929 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5930 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5932 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5934 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5936 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5937 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5938 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5939 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5940 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5944 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5945 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5946 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5948 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5950 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5951 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5953 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5954 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5955 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5956 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5957 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
5958 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
5959 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5960 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5964 case PropertyNotify
:
5965 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5966 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5967 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5968 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5969 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5973 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5976 case ReparentNotify
:
5977 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5981 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5982 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5986 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5987 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5992 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5995 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5998 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5999 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6000 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6001 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6002 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6005 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6007 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6008 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6009 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6010 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6014 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6015 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6019 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6020 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6022 #if defined USE_LUCID
6023 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6024 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6025 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6028 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6030 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6032 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6034 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6035 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6037 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6038 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6039 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6042 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6043 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6046 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6047 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6051 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6052 source area was obscured or not
6054 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6058 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6059 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6060 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6062 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6065 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6068 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6069 source area was completely
6074 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6075 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6078 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6081 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6082 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6083 the frame was deleted. */
6085 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6086 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6087 display that won't ever be seen. */
6088 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6089 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6090 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6091 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6092 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6093 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6094 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6095 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6097 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6099 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6100 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6106 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6107 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6108 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6111 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6112 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6113 frame is visible. */
6114 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6117 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6118 the frame's display structures.
6119 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6120 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6121 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6122 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6123 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6124 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6126 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6127 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6128 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6132 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6133 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6135 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6136 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6137 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6138 to update the frame titles
6139 in case this is the second frame. */
6140 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6146 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6148 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6149 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6150 if (popup_activated ())
6154 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6156 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6158 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6159 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6162 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6165 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6166 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6167 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6169 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6171 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6172 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6175 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6179 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6180 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6181 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6184 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6185 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6186 status_return even if the input is too long to
6187 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6188 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6189 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6190 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6191 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6192 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6193 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6195 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6199 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6200 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6201 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6203 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6207 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6208 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6209 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6211 /* This will have to go some day... */
6213 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6214 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6215 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6216 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6217 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6218 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6219 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6221 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6222 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6223 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6224 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6225 not it is combined with Meta. */
6226 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6227 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6232 Status status_return
;
6234 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6235 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6236 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6237 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6239 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6241 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6242 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6243 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6244 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6245 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6248 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6249 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6250 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6251 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6252 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6253 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6254 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6255 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6257 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6259 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6260 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6261 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6264 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6270 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6272 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6277 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6278 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6282 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6283 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6286 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6287 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6291 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6292 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6293 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6296 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6298 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6299 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6301 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6302 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6304 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6305 translations to characters. */
6306 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6307 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6309 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6314 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6315 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6316 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6320 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6321 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6322 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6323 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6327 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6328 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6329 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6330 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6331 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6332 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6334 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6335 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6337 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6338 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6339 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6340 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6341 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6342 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6344 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6345 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6347 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6348 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6350 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6351 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6353 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6354 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6356 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6357 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6359 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6360 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6362 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6363 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6365 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6366 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6368 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6369 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6371 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6372 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6374 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6375 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6377 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6378 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6383 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6384 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6385 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6386 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6387 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6388 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6390 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6391 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6394 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6396 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6397 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6398 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6399 don't have real modifiers but
6400 should be treated similarly to
6401 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6402 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6403 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6405 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6406 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6410 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6411 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6413 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6418 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6423 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6424 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6425 we used just above and the locale. */
6426 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6427 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6428 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6429 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6430 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6431 gives us composition information. */
6432 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6434 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6436 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6440 /* Decode the input data. */
6444 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6445 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6446 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6447 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6448 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6449 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6450 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6451 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6452 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6456 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6457 character events. */
6458 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6460 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6461 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6463 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6465 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6466 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6467 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6469 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6472 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6473 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6476 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6478 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6484 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6485 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6494 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6495 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6503 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6505 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6507 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6508 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6511 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6513 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6514 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6516 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6518 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6519 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6522 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6523 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6526 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6527 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6528 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6529 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6533 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6537 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6539 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6542 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6544 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6545 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6546 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6547 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6550 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6551 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6552 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6553 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6554 if (any_help_event_p
)
6560 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6565 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6566 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6569 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6570 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6571 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6573 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6575 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6577 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6578 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6584 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6585 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6589 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6590 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6593 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6594 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6595 will be selected iff it is active. */
6596 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6597 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6598 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6600 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6601 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6606 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6610 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6611 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6612 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6613 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6616 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6617 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6619 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6620 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6621 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6624 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6625 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6626 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6627 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6632 case ConfigureNotify
:
6633 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6636 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6638 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6639 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6640 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6641 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6642 do this one, the right one will come later.
6643 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6644 need to reset it below. */
6646 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6647 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6648 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6649 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6654 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6655 is called by the code that handles resizing
6656 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6658 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6659 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6660 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6661 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6662 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6663 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6664 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6666 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6667 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6668 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6670 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6673 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6674 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6677 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6678 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6679 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6680 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6683 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6684 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6685 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6687 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6688 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6689 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6693 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6694 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6697 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6699 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6700 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6701 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6702 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6710 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6711 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6714 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6716 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6718 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6719 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6721 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6725 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6726 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6727 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6730 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6731 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6733 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6734 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6736 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6737 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6739 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6740 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6741 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6747 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6748 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6750 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6751 if (! popup_activated ())
6754 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6756 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6757 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6759 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6760 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6762 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6763 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6766 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6772 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6773 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6774 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6776 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6777 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6779 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6781 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6782 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6784 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6786 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6787 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6790 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6792 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6793 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6794 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6795 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6796 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6802 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6805 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6807 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6808 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6809 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6810 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6811 Instead, save it away
6812 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6813 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6816 ! popup_activated ()
6819 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6820 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6821 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6822 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6823 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6824 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6825 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6826 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6828 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6829 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6831 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6834 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6836 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6840 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6841 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6842 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6844 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6846 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6847 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6848 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6853 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6856 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6860 case CirculateNotify
:
6863 case CirculateRequest
:
6866 case VisibilityNotify
:
6870 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6872 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6874 case MappingModifier
:
6875 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6876 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6877 case MappingKeyboard
:
6878 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6884 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6886 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6887 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6889 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6894 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6896 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6901 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6906 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6912 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6913 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6914 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6918 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6919 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6929 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6930 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6931 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6933 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6935 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6940 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6942 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6945 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6951 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6952 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6953 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6955 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6956 thus pretending to be `read'.
6958 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6961 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6964 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6968 int event_found
= 0;
6969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6971 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6973 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6977 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6980 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6981 input_signal_count
++;
6985 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6986 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6987 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6989 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6991 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6992 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6993 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6994 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6995 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6996 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6999 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7000 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7001 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7002 for X connections. */
7005 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7007 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7008 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7009 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7010 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7012 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7016 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7017 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7019 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7020 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7025 struct input_event inev
;
7027 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7028 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7029 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7031 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7039 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7043 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7046 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7047 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7052 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7054 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7057 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7062 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7063 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7064 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7065 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7067 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7068 from all displays. */
7070 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7072 current_count
= count
;
7073 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7075 gtk_main_iteration ();
7077 count
= current_count
;
7079 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7081 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7084 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7088 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7089 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7092 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7093 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7094 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7096 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7100 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7101 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7103 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7105 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7106 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7110 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7112 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7113 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7115 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7116 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7128 /***********************************************************************
7130 ***********************************************************************/
7132 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7133 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7135 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7136 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7137 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7140 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7142 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7146 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7147 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7148 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7150 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7152 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7153 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7154 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7155 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7156 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7158 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7162 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7165 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7167 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7169 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7170 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7171 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7174 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7177 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7178 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7179 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7180 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7183 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7184 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7185 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7186 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7188 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7189 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7190 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7191 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7192 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7194 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7195 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7196 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7198 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7199 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7200 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7201 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7205 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7207 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7208 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7209 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7213 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7215 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7217 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7219 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7220 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7222 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7223 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7225 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7226 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7229 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7230 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7231 the bar might not be in the window. */
7232 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7234 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7235 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7236 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7240 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7241 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7242 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7243 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7244 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7247 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7248 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7249 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7250 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7251 that the glyph is legible. */
7252 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7253 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7255 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7256 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7259 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7262 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7263 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7267 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7268 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7270 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7271 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7273 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7274 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7275 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7276 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7277 width
, row
->height
);
7279 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7280 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7281 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7282 row
->height
- width
),
7283 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7286 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7291 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7294 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7298 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7302 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7305 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7307 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7309 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7310 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7314 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7317 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7319 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7321 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7324 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7328 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7329 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7331 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7332 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7334 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7335 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7338 switch (cursor_type
)
7340 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7341 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7344 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7345 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7349 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7353 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7357 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7365 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7366 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7367 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7372 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7373 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7380 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7383 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7389 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7392 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7393 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7394 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7395 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7400 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7401 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7402 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7404 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7405 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7406 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7410 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7411 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7413 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7414 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7415 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7416 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7419 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7420 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7421 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7422 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7423 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7425 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7428 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7429 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7435 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7436 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7439 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7443 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7449 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7450 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7452 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7453 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7455 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7456 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7457 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7459 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7460 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7461 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7462 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7467 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7469 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7470 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7472 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7474 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7475 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7476 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7479 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7483 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7484 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7485 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7488 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7489 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7492 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7493 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7494 stored in x_error_message_string.
7496 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7497 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7499 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7501 void x_check_errors ();
7502 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7505 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7508 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7510 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7513 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7514 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7515 x_error_message_string
));
7517 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7518 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7523 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7526 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7527 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7529 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7530 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7532 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7533 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7534 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7541 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7545 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7546 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7547 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7550 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7554 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7557 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7558 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7561 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7562 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7565 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7568 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7571 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7574 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7577 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7580 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7583 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7584 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7585 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7586 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7589 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7593 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7597 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7600 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7605 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7606 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7607 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7608 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7609 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7612 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7613 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7616 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7617 must reestablish each time */
7618 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7623 /************************************************************************
7625 ************************************************************************/
7627 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7629 static char *error_msg
;
7631 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7632 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7633 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7636 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7638 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7642 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7643 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7646 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7648 char *error_message
;
7650 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7651 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7654 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7655 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7656 handling_signal
= 0;
7658 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7659 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7660 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7661 the original message here. */
7662 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7664 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7665 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7666 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7668 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7669 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7670 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7672 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7673 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7675 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7676 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7677 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7679 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7680 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7681 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7684 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7685 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7686 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7687 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7693 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7696 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7698 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7700 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7701 that are on the dead display. */
7702 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7704 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7706 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7707 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7708 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7709 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7710 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7711 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7714 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7715 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7716 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7717 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7718 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7719 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7721 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7722 trying to find a replacement. */
7723 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7724 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7728 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7730 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7732 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7734 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7735 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7739 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7741 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7743 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7744 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7746 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7747 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7750 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7751 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7752 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7754 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7755 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7758 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7762 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7763 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7765 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7769 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7770 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7771 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7773 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7775 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7776 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7781 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7782 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7784 static void NO_INLINE
7785 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7789 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7791 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7792 original error handler. */
7794 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7795 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7796 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7797 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7801 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7802 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7803 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7806 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7811 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7812 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7816 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7818 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7819 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7820 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7821 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7824 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7826 register char *fontname
;
7828 struct font_info
*fontp
7829 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7834 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7835 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7836 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7838 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7839 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7840 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7842 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7844 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7845 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7847 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7848 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7849 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7853 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7854 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7857 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7858 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7860 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7861 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7862 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7863 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7864 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7865 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7867 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7868 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7869 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7870 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7871 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7874 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7877 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7878 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7879 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7880 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7883 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7887 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7893 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7894 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7896 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7898 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7900 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7901 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7904 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7905 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7909 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7910 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7913 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7917 /***********************************************************************
7919 ***********************************************************************/
7925 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7926 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7927 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7930 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7932 XPointer client_data
;
7935 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7936 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7940 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7941 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7943 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7944 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7946 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7947 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7951 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7952 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7953 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7957 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7960 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7961 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7964 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7965 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7968 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7969 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7970 char *resource_name
;
7977 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7984 XIMCallback destroy
;
7987 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7988 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7991 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7992 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7993 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7999 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8000 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8004 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8008 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8009 char *resource_name
;
8012 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8013 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8014 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8015 when the callback was registered. */
8018 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8020 XPointer client_data
;
8023 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8024 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8026 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8030 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8032 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8033 as they have no XIC. */
8034 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8036 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8039 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8041 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8043 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8044 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8046 create_frame_xic (f
);
8047 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8048 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8049 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8051 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8052 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8061 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8064 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8065 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8066 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8067 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8070 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8071 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8072 char *resource_name
;
8077 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8078 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8081 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8082 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8083 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8084 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8085 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8086 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8087 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8088 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8089 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8090 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8091 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8092 least, hence the configure test. */
8093 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8094 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8095 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8096 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8097 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8101 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8102 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8106 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8109 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8110 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8115 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8116 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8117 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8119 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8120 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8121 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8122 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8123 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8124 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8126 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8129 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8133 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8134 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8137 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8140 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8141 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8143 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8144 is already for the top-left corner. */
8145 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8148 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8149 position that fits on the screen. */
8150 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8151 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8152 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8155 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8157 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8158 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8159 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8161 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8162 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8163 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8164 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8167 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8168 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8170 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8173 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8174 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8177 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8178 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8179 so the flags should correspond. */
8180 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8183 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8184 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8185 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8186 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8187 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8190 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8192 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8195 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8197 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8201 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8203 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8205 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8206 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8208 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8211 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8213 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8214 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8216 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8218 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8219 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8220 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8221 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8222 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8225 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8226 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8228 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8229 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8231 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8232 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8233 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8239 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8240 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8242 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8245 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8247 int width
, height
, ign
;
8249 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8251 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8253 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8254 when setting WM manager hints.
8255 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8256 x_check_expected_move. */
8257 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8259 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8260 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8261 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8263 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8264 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8269 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8271 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8272 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8273 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8274 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8276 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8279 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8281 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8282 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8284 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8286 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8287 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8288 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8290 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8291 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8292 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8294 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8295 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8297 /* Just do this once */
8298 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8303 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8304 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8305 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8306 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8309 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8314 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8316 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8317 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8318 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8320 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8321 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8322 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8324 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8326 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8327 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8329 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8330 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8332 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8333 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8334 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8336 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8337 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8338 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8339 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8341 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8342 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8343 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8344 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8345 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8347 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8349 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8350 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8351 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8353 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8354 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8355 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8356 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8357 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8359 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8363 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8364 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8365 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8366 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8369 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8377 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8378 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8380 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8383 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8385 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8386 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8387 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8388 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8389 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8390 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8391 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8392 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8393 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8396 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8398 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8400 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8402 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8404 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8405 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8407 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8408 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8409 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8410 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8411 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8416 /* Mouse warping. */
8419 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8425 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8426 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8428 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8429 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8431 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8432 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8436 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8437 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8441 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8444 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8450 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8451 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8455 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8458 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8461 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8465 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8466 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8467 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8468 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8469 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8478 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8479 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8480 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8481 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8485 /* Raise frame F. */
8491 if (f
->async_visible
)
8494 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8495 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8500 /* Lower frame F. */
8506 if (f
->async_visible
)
8509 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8510 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8516 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8526 /* Change of visibility. */
8528 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8529 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8530 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8531 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8532 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8533 finishes with it. */
8536 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8540 int original_top
, original_left
;
8541 int retry_count
= 2;
8547 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8549 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8551 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8553 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8554 call x_set_offset a second time
8555 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8556 before the window gets really visible. */
8557 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8558 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8559 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8561 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8563 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8564 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8565 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8566 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8567 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8568 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8570 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8571 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8573 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8574 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8575 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8576 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8577 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8578 to come back ok without this. */
8579 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8580 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8584 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8586 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8587 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8588 so that incoming events are handled. */
8592 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8593 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8594 will set it when they are handled. */
8595 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8597 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8598 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8600 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8603 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8605 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8606 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8607 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8608 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8610 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8611 because the window manager may choose the position
8612 and we don't want to override it. */
8614 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8615 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8616 && previously_visible
)
8620 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8624 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8625 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8626 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8627 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8628 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8629 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8630 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8631 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8632 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8634 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8635 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8636 original_left
, original_top
);
8641 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8643 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8644 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8645 MapNotify at all.. */
8646 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8647 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8649 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8652 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8653 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8654 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8655 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8656 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8658 if (input_polling_used ())
8660 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8661 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8662 handler reset it. */
8663 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8664 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8665 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8666 poll_for_input_1 ();
8667 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8670 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8671 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8676 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8680 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8681 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8682 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8683 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8685 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8690 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8692 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8695 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8700 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8701 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8703 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8704 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8705 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8707 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8708 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8714 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8715 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8716 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8717 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8718 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8719 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8722 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8723 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8729 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8730 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8732 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8733 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8735 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8737 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8738 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8742 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8743 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8744 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8745 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8746 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8747 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8749 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8752 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8753 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8757 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8758 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8759 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8762 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8763 just by the event that we get from the server.
8764 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8765 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8766 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8768 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8769 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8770 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8777 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8786 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8787 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8788 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8790 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8795 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8797 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8799 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8802 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8804 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8805 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8807 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8810 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8811 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8817 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8819 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8821 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8822 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8823 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8824 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8825 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8826 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8827 so we have to record it here. */
8830 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8831 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8836 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8837 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8838 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8842 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8844 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8845 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8849 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8851 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8853 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8854 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8855 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8856 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8858 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8859 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8861 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8862 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8866 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8867 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8868 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8869 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8870 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8872 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8873 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8875 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8878 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8879 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8883 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8885 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8887 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8889 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8890 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8893 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8894 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8896 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8898 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8902 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8905 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8908 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8910 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8914 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8915 commands to the X server. */
8916 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8918 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8919 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8921 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8922 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8923 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8924 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8925 toolkit scroll bars. */
8926 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8928 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8929 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8938 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8939 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8941 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8942 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8944 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8945 we are using a toolkit. */
8946 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8947 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8949 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8950 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8953 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8954 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8955 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8957 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8958 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8959 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8961 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8963 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8964 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8965 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8967 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8968 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8969 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8970 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8971 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8972 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8974 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8975 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8976 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8977 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8978 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8979 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8980 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8981 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8982 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8983 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8984 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8985 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8986 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8987 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8988 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8990 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8991 free_frame_faces (f
);
8994 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8997 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8998 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9000 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9001 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9003 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9004 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9005 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9006 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9007 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9008 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9010 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9012 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9013 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9014 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9015 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9016 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9017 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9018 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9025 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9028 x_destroy_window (f
)
9031 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9033 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9034 commands to the X server. */
9035 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9036 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9038 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9042 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9044 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9045 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9046 that the window now has.
9047 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9048 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9049 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9053 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9058 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9060 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9063 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9066 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9068 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9069 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9071 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9072 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9074 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9075 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9076 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9077 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9078 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9079 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9080 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9081 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9082 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9083 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9085 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9086 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9087 size_hints
.max_width
9088 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9089 size_hints
.max_height
9090 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9092 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9094 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9095 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9096 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9098 int base_width
, base_height
;
9099 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9101 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9102 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9104 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9106 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9107 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9108 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9109 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9110 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9112 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9113 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9114 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9117 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9118 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9119 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9120 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9121 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9123 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9124 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9128 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9131 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9134 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9137 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9138 long supplied_return
;
9142 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9145 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9148 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9149 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9150 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9151 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9152 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9156 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9161 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9162 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9163 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9164 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9165 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9166 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9167 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9168 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9172 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9177 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9178 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9182 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9183 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9185 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9188 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9190 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9193 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9195 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9198 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9202 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9205 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9206 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9207 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9208 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9210 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9211 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9213 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9214 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9218 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9222 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9224 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9225 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9230 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9231 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9232 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9233 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9237 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9238 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9239 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9240 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9241 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9242 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9243 best to explicitly give up. */
9245 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9246 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9252 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9256 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9257 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9258 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9259 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9262 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9264 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9265 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9267 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9271 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9275 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9277 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9278 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9279 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9281 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9285 /***********************************************************************
9287 ***********************************************************************/
9289 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9292 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9296 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9300 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9302 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9305 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9307 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9308 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9309 on how many fonts to match. */
9312 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9314 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9318 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9319 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9320 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9321 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9322 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9323 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9325 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9329 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9333 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9334 if (NILP (patterns
))
9335 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9337 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9338 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9339 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9341 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9344 char **names
= NULL
;
9346 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9347 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9348 The cache is an alist of the form:
9349 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9350 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9351 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9352 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9353 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9356 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9357 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9361 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9364 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9366 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9369 unsigned long value
;
9371 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9372 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9374 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9375 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9377 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9381 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9383 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9384 int len
= strlen (name
);
9387 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9388 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9389 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9391 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9395 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9396 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9398 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9399 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9404 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9407 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9410 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9412 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9413 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9420 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9421 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9424 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9433 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9436 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9438 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9439 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9441 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9445 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9452 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9453 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9454 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9458 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9460 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9461 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9462 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9463 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9464 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9465 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9470 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9472 else if (dashes
== 9)
9474 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9475 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9478 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9479 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9481 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9482 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9484 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9485 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9486 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9488 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9489 width of this font. */
9490 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9492 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9493 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9498 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9501 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9506 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9507 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9508 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9511 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9513 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9514 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9515 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9521 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9525 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9529 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9531 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9532 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9533 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9536 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9537 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9538 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9539 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9541 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9542 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9544 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9546 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9552 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9554 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9556 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9560 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9561 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9562 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9563 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9566 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9567 if (found_size
== size
)
9568 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9569 else if (found_size
> 0)
9571 if (NILP (second_best
))
9573 else if (found_size
< size
)
9575 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9576 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9581 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9582 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9587 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9589 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9591 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9602 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9606 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9611 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9613 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9615 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9616 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9617 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9620 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9623 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9625 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9626 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9627 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9628 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9629 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9632 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9636 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9637 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9639 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9640 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9641 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9643 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9647 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9648 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9649 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9650 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9651 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9654 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9660 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9661 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9663 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9664 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9666 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9667 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9669 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9672 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9673 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9674 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9676 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9677 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9680 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9681 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9683 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9684 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9685 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9689 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9690 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9691 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9692 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9695 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9697 register char *fontname
;
9700 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9701 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9704 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9705 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9706 we already have by comparing names. */
9707 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9709 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9714 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9715 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9716 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9717 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9718 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9719 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9720 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9721 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9724 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9728 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9729 unsigned long value
;
9732 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9733 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9734 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9735 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9736 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9737 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9738 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9741 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9742 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9743 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9745 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9746 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9748 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9750 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9755 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9756 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9757 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9760 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9761 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9762 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9765 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9766 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9768 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9771 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9772 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9775 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9777 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9779 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9780 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9781 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9783 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9785 /* Fixed width font. */
9786 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9793 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9794 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9796 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9798 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9800 fontp
->average_width
9801 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9802 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9803 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9804 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9805 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9809 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9810 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9811 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9812 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9813 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9816 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9820 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9822 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9824 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9828 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9829 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9831 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9842 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9843 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9850 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9852 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9854 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9855 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9857 if (NILP (font_names
))
9859 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9860 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9861 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9862 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9863 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9864 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9867 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9869 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9870 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9872 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9875 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9877 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9879 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9880 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9882 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9886 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9887 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9888 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9889 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9890 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9891 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9892 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9893 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9895 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9897 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9898 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9899 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9900 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9901 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9903 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9904 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9905 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9906 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9907 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9908 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9909 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9910 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9911 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9912 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9913 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9914 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9915 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9917 fontp
->baseline_offset
9918 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9919 ? (long) value
: 0);
9920 fontp
->relative_compose
9921 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9922 ? (long) value
: 0);
9923 fontp
->default_ascent
9924 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9925 ? (long) value
: 0);
9927 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9928 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9929 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9930 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9931 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9932 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9939 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9940 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9943 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9945 register char *fontname
;
9947 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9950 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9951 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9952 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9953 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9954 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9959 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9960 `encoder' of the structure. */
9963 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9964 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9966 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9969 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9973 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9974 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9976 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9983 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9984 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9986 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9989 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9995 /***********************************************************************
9997 ***********************************************************************/
9999 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10000 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10001 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10002 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10004 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10005 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10006 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10008 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10009 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10010 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10011 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10012 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10013 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10014 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10016 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10018 static int x_initialized
;
10020 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10021 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10022 the screen number from the server number. */
10024 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10025 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10027 int seen_colon
= 0;
10028 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10029 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10030 int length_until_period
= 0;
10032 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10033 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10034 length_until_period
++;
10036 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10037 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10039 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10041 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10042 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10043 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10044 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10045 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10046 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10047 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10048 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10049 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10050 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10051 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10052 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10053 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10054 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10056 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10060 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10064 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10065 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10069 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10070 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10073 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10074 unsigned long mask
;
10081 while (!(mask
& 1))
10097 struct x_display_info
*
10098 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10099 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10101 char *resource_name
;
10105 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10110 if (!x_initialized
)
10118 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10120 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10121 char **argv2
= argv
;
10124 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10126 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10127 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10128 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10129 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10130 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10134 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10138 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10140 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10142 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10143 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10146 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10147 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10150 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10153 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10155 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10159 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10161 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10162 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10164 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10166 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10167 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10168 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10170 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10171 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10172 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10174 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10175 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10180 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10181 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10184 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10185 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10186 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10188 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10189 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10190 So let's not use it until R6. */
10191 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10192 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10203 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10204 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10206 turn_on_atimers (0);
10207 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10208 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10209 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10211 turn_on_atimers (1);
10213 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10214 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10219 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10221 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10223 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10224 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10225 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10227 /* Detect failure. */
10234 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10236 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10237 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10239 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10241 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10244 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10245 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10246 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10247 SDATA (display_name
)))
10250 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10253 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10254 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10255 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10257 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10259 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10260 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10261 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10265 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10266 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10267 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10268 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10269 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10270 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10271 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10273 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10277 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10278 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10279 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10281 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10282 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10283 x_display_name_list
);
10284 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10286 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10289 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10293 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10294 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10296 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10297 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10299 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10300 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10302 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10304 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10305 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10306 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10308 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10309 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10311 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10312 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10313 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10314 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10316 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10318 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10320 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10322 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10323 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10324 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10325 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10326 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10327 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10328 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10329 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10330 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10331 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10332 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10333 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10334 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10335 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10336 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10339 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10340 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10341 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10342 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10343 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10344 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10345 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10346 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10347 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10348 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10349 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10350 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10351 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10352 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10353 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10354 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10356 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10357 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10358 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10360 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10362 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10363 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10364 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10365 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10366 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10367 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10370 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10371 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10373 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10376 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10377 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10378 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10380 if (STRINGP (value
)
10381 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10382 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10383 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10387 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10388 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10391 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10392 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10393 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10394 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10395 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10396 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10397 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10398 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10399 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10402 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10403 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10404 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10405 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10406 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10407 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10428 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10429 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10431 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10433 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10435 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10437 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10439 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10444 /* For properties of font. */
10445 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10446 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10447 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10448 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10449 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10450 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10456 /* Ghostscript support. */
10457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10458 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10460 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10463 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10465 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10466 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10471 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10473 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10474 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10475 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10480 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10481 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10483 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10485 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10486 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10490 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10493 #ifdef subprocesses
10494 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10495 if (connection
!= 0)
10496 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10499 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10501 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10502 /* stdin is a socket here */
10503 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10504 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10505 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10506 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10507 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10508 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10511 if (interrupt_input
)
10512 init_sigio (connection
);
10513 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10516 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10517 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10518 so that Xt does not crash. */
10520 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10521 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10525 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10526 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10527 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10528 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10529 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10530 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10531 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10532 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10534 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10535 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10536 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10541 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10542 for debugging X code. */
10545 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10546 build_string ("synchronous"),
10547 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10549 if (STRINGP (value
)
10550 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10551 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10552 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10557 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10558 build_string ("useXIM"),
10559 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10562 if (STRINGP (value
)
10563 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10564 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10567 if (STRINGP (value
)
10568 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10569 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10575 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10576 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10577 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10585 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10586 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10589 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10590 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10594 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10596 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10597 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10598 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10599 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10600 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10605 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10606 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10608 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10610 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10613 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10617 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10618 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10620 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10621 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10624 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10626 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10627 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10628 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10631 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10632 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10633 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10636 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10637 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10638 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10642 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10645 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10646 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10647 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10649 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10650 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10651 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10654 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10655 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10657 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10658 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10659 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10663 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10665 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10666 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10667 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10668 that slows us down. */
10671 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10672 struct atimer
*timer
;
10674 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10677 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10678 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10683 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10686 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10688 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10690 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10692 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10696 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10698 x_after_update_window_line
,
10699 x_update_window_begin
,
10700 x_update_window_end
,
10706 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10708 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10709 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10710 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10711 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10712 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10713 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10716 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10717 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10718 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10719 x_clear_frame_area
,
10720 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10721 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10722 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10728 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10730 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10731 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10732 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10733 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10734 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10735 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10736 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10737 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10738 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10739 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10740 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10741 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10742 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10743 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10744 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10745 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10746 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10747 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10749 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10750 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10751 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10752 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10753 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10758 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10759 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10760 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10763 current_count
= -1;
10766 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10767 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10769 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10770 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10772 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10774 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10775 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10776 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10777 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10778 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10779 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10780 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10782 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10784 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10785 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10786 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10787 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10788 widgets don't behave normally. */
10790 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10791 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10792 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10796 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10798 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10799 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10803 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10804 original error handler. */
10805 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10806 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10808 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10810 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10811 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10813 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10820 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10821 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10823 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10824 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10826 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10827 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10829 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10830 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10832 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10833 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10834 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10835 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10837 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10838 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10840 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10841 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10842 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10843 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10844 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10845 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10846 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10848 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10849 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10850 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10851 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10852 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10853 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10854 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10855 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10856 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10858 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10859 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10860 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10861 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10862 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10864 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10865 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10866 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10868 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10870 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10873 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10876 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10877 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10879 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10880 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10881 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10882 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10883 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10884 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10885 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10886 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10887 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10889 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10890 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10891 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10892 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10893 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10894 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10896 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10897 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10898 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10899 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10900 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10901 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10903 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10904 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10905 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10906 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10907 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10908 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10910 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10911 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10912 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10913 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10914 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10915 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10917 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10918 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10919 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10920 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10921 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10925 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10927 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10928 (do not change this comment) */